SemaDecl.cpp revision 3532fdd1db8ff6f353f2a5b215cebe3e0e2ff3c2
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 40#include <algorithm> 41#include <cstring> 42#include <functional> 43using namespace clang; 44using namespace sema; 45 46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 48} 49 50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 51/// return the declaration of that type. 52/// 53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 58/// 59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 60/// and then return NULL. 61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 62 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 63 bool isClassName, 64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 66 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 67 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 68 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 69 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 70 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 71 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 73 74 if (!LookupCtx) { 75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 76 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 82 // 83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 85 if (!isClassName) 86 return ParsedType(); 87 88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 90 QualType T = 91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 92 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 93 return ParsedType::make(T); 94 } 95 96 return ParsedType(); 97 } 98 99 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 101 return ParsedType(); 102 } 103 104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 105 // lookup for class-names. 106 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 107 LookupOrdinaryName; 108 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 109 if (LookupCtx) { 110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 113 // nested-name-specifier. 114 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 115 116 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 123 LookupName(Result, S); 124 } 125 } else { 126 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 127 LookupName(Result, S); 128 } 129 130 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 131 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 136 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 137 return ParsedType(); 138 139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 145 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 146 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 147 return ParsedType(); 148 } 149 150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 152 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 153 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 154 if (!IIDecl || 155 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 156 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 157 IIDecl = *Res; 158 } 159 } 160 161 if (!IIDecl) { 162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 167 // a type name. 168 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 169 return ParsedType(); 170 } 171 172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 175 // perform the name lookup again. 176 break; 177 178 case LookupResult::Found: 179 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 180 break; 181 } 182 183 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 184 185 QualType T; 186 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 188 189 if (T.isNull()) 190 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 191 192 if (SS) 193 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 194 195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 196 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 197 } else { 198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 199 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 200 return ParsedType(); 201 } 202 203 return ParsedType::make(T); 204} 205 206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 213 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 214 LookupName(R, S, false); 215 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 216 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 217 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 218 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 220 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 221 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 222 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 223 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 224 } 225 } 226 227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 228} 229 230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation IILoc, 232 Scope *S, 233 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 234 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 236 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 237 238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 240 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 241 NotForRedeclaration); 242 243 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 244 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 245 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 246 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 248 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 249 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 250 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 252 Result->getNameAsString()); 253 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 254 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 255 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 257 Result->getNameAsString()); 258 else 259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 260 261 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 262 << Result->getDeclName(); 263 264 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 265 return true; 266 } 267 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 268 // We corrected to a keyword. 269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Corrected; 272 return true; 273 } 274 } 275 276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 278 UnqualifiedId Name; 279 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 281 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 283 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 284 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 286 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 287 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 288 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 289 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 290 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 291 } 292 return true; 293 } 294 } 295 296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 298 299 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 300 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 301 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 302 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 303 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 306 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 307 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 309 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 310 } else { 311 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 313 } 314 315 return true; 316} 317 318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 319// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 322 323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 325 // the context we'll need to return to. 326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 327 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 328 329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 330 // lexical context. 331 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 332 return DC; 333 334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 336 // class is the context we need to return to. 337 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 338 DC = RD; 339 340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 341 // declared in. 342 return DC; 343 } 344 345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 346 // of the class. 347 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 348 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 351} 352 353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 354 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 356 CurContext = DC; 357 S->setEntity(DC); 358} 359 360void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 361 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 362 363 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 364 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 365} 366 367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 369/// 370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 374 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 380 // namespace. 381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 386 387 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 388 389#ifndef NDEBUG 390 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 391 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 392 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 393#endif 394 395 CurContext = DC; 396 S->setEntity(DC); 397} 398 399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 400 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 401 402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 404 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 405 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 406 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 407 408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 409 // disappear. 410} 411 412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 413/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 414/// 415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 420/// attribute. 421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 422 ASTContext &Context) { 423 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 424 return true; 425 426 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 427 return true; 428 429 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 430 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 431} 432 433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 437 // scope. 438 while (S->getEntity() && 439 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 440 S = S->getParent(); 441 442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 444 // into any context. 445 if (AddToContext) 446 CurContext->addDecl(D); 447 448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 451 D->isOutOfLine()) 452 return; 453 454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 455 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 456 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 457 return; 458 459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 461 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 462 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 464 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 465 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 466 467 // Should only need to replace one decl. 468 break; 469 } 470 } 471 472 S->AddDecl(D); 473 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 474} 475 476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 477 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 478} 479 480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 481 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 482 do { 483 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 484 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 485 return S; 486 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 487 488 return 0; 489} 490 491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 492 DeclContext*, 493 ASTContext&); 494 495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 496/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 498 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 499 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 500 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 501 while (F.hasNext()) { 502 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 503 504 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 505 continue; 506 507 if (ConsiderLinkage && 508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 509 continue; 510 511 F.erase(); 512 } 513 514 F.done(); 515} 516 517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 518 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 520 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 521} 522 523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 525 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 526 while (F.hasNext()) 527 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 528 F.erase(); 529 530 F.done(); 531} 532 533/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 534/// @code 535/// class S { 536/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 538/// }; 539/// @endcode 540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 542 // the decl here. 543 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 544 return false; 545 546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 547 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 548 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 549 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 550 return false; 551} 552 553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 554 assert(D); 555 556 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 557 return false; 558 559 // Ignore class templates. 560 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 561 return false; 562 563 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 564 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 565 return false; 566 567 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 568 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 569 return false; 570 } else { 571 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 572 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 573 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 574 return false; 575 } 576 577 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 578 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 579 return false; 580 581 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 582 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 583 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 584 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 585 return false; 586 587 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 588 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 589 return false; 590 591 } else { 592 return false; 593 } 594 595 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 596 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 597 return false; 598 599 return true; 600} 601 602void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 603 if (!D) 604 return; 605 606 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 607 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 608 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 609 return; // First should already be in the vector. 610 } 611 612 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 613 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 614 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 615 return; // First should already be in the vector. 616 } 617 618 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 619 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 620 } 621 622static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 623 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 624 return false; 625 626 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 627 return false; 628 629 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 630 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 631 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 632 return false; 633 634 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 635 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 636 637 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 638 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 639 640 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 641 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 642 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 643 return false; 644 } 645 646 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 647 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 648 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 649 return false; 650 651 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 652 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 653 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 654 return false; 655 656 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 657 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 658 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 659 // has no side effects. 660 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 661 return false; 662 } 663 } 664 665 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 666 } 667 668 return true; 669} 670 671void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 672 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 673 return; 674 675 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 676 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 677 << D->getDeclName(); 678 else 679 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 680 << D->getDeclName(); 681} 682 683void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 684 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 685 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 686 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 687 688 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 689 I != E; ++I) { 690 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 691 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 692 693 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 694 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 695 696 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 697 698 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 699 if (S->getNumErrorsAtStart() == getDiagnostics().getNumErrors()) 700 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 701 702 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 703 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 704 } 705} 706 707/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 708/// 709/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 710/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 711/// to the fixed name. 712/// 713/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 714/// 715/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 716/// if there is no class with the given name. 717/// 718/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 719/// class could not be found. 720ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 721 SourceLocation IdLoc, 722 bool TypoCorrection) { 723 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 724 // creation from this context. 725 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 726 727 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 728 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 729 // find an Objective-C class name. 730 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 731 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 732 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 733 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 734 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 735 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 736 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 737 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 738 739 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 740 } 741 } 742 743 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 744} 745 746/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 747/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 748/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 749/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 750/// ill-formed in C++: 751/// @code 752/// struct S6 { 753/// enum { BAR } e; 754/// }; 755/// 756/// void test_S6() { 757/// struct S6 a; 758/// a.e = BAR; 759/// } 760/// @endcode 761/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 762/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 763/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 764/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 765/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 766/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 767/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 768/// contain non-field names. 769Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 770 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 771 (S->getEntity() && 772 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 773 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 774 S = S->getParent(); 775 return S; 776} 777 778/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 779/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 780/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 781/// built-in. 782NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 783 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 784 SourceLocation Loc) { 785 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 786 787 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 788 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 789 switch (Error) { 790 case ASTContext::GE_None: 791 // Okay 792 break; 793 794 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 795 if (ForRedeclaration) 796 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 797 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 798 return 0; 799 800 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 801 if (ForRedeclaration) 802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 803 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 804 return 0; 805 } 806 807 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 808 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 809 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 810 << R; 811 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 812 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 813 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 814 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 815 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 816 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 817 } 818 819 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 820 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 821 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 822 SC_Extern, 823 SC_None, false, 824 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 825 New->setImplicit(); 826 827 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 828 // FunctionDecl. 829 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 830 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 832 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 833 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 834 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 835 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 836 } 837 838 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 839 840 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 841 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 842 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 843 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 844 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 845 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 846 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 847 CurContext = SavedContext; 848 return New; 849} 850 851/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 852/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 853/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 854/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 855/// 856void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 857 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 858 // merging checks. 859 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 860 861 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 862 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 863 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 864 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 865 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 866 default: break; 867 case 2: 868 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 869 break; 870 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 871 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 872 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 873 return; 874 case 5: 875 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 876 break; 877 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 878 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 879 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 880 return; 881 case 3: 882 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 883 break; 884 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 885 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 886 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 887 return; 888 case 8: 889 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 890 break; 891 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 892 return; 893 } 894 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 895 } 896 897 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 898 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 899 if (!Old) { 900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 901 << New->getDeclName(); 902 903 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 904 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 905 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 906 907 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 908 } 909 910 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 911 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 912 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 913 914 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 915 QualType OldType; 916 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 917 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 918 else 919 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 920 921 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 922 // with any extensions enabled. 923 924 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 925 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 926 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 928 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 929 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 930 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 931 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 932 } 933 934 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 935 // declaration was a typedef. 936 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 937 // spellings don't match exactly. 938 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 939 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 940 941 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 942 return; 943 944 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 945 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 946 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 947 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 948 // to the type to which it already refers. 949 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 950 return; 951 952 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 953 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 954 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 955 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 956 // 957 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 958 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 959 // 960 // struct S { 961 // typedef struct A { } A; 962 // }; 963 // 964 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 965 // allow the above but disallow 966 // 967 // struct S { 968 // typedef int I; 969 // typedef int I; 970 // }; 971 // 972 // since that was the intent of DR56. 973 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 974 return; 975 976 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 977 << New->getDeclName(); 978 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 979 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 980 } 981 982 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 983 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 984 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 985 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 986 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 987 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 988 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 989 return; 990 991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 992 << New->getDeclName(); 993 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 994 return; 995} 996 997/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 998/// attribute. 999static bool 1000DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1001 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1002 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1003 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1004 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1005 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1006 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1007 return true; 1008 } 1009 1010 return false; 1011} 1012 1013/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1014static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1015 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1016 return; 1017 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1018 // we process them. 1019 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1020 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1021 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1022 ++i) { 1023 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1024 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1025 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1026 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1027 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1028 } 1029 } 1030} 1031 1032namespace { 1033 1034/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1035/// C. 1036struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1037 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1038 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1039 QualType PromotedType; 1040}; 1041 1042} 1043 1044/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1045Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1046 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1047 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1048 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1049 1050 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1051 } 1052 1053 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1054 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1055 1056 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1057 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1058 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1059} 1060 1061/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1062/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1063/// GNU89 mode. 1064static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1065 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1066 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1067 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1068 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1069} 1070 1071/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1072/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1073/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1074/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1075/// 1076/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1077/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1078/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1079/// merged with. 1080/// 1081/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1082bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1083 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1084 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1085 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1086 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1087 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1088 else 1089 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1090 if (!Old) { 1091 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1093 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1094 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1095 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1096 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1097 return true; 1098 } 1099 1100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1101 << New->getDeclName(); 1102 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1103 return true; 1104 } 1105 1106 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1107 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1108 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1109 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1110 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1111 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1112 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1113 else 1114 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1115 1116 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1117 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1118 1119 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1120 // is an extern inline function. 1121 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1122 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1123 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1124 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1126 << New; 1127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1128 return true; 1129 } 1130 1131 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1132 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1133 // calling convention of the first. 1134 // 1135 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1136 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1137 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1138 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1139 // because it is the default calling convention. 1140 // 1141 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1142 // other tests to run. 1143 const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1144 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1145 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1146 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1147 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1148 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1149 NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1150 New->setType(NewQType); 1151 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType); 1152 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1153 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1154 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1156 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1157 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1158 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1159 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1160 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1161 return true; 1162 } 1163 1164 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1165 if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) { 1166 NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType); 1167 New->setType(NewQType); 1168 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1169 } 1170 1171 // Merge regparm attribute. 1172 if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1173 if (NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1175 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1176 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 1181 NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType()); 1182 New->setType(NewQType); 1183 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1184 } 1185 1186 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1187 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1188 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1189 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1190 // cannot be overloaded. 1191 QualType OldReturnType 1192 = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1193 QualType NewReturnType 1194 = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1195 QualType ResQT; 1196 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1197 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1198 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1199 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1200 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1201 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1202 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1203 return true; 1204 } 1205 else 1206 NewQType = ResQT; 1207 } 1208 1209 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1210 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1211 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1212 // Preserve triviality. 1213 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1214 1215 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1216 1217 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1218 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1219 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1220 // is a static member function declaration. 1221 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1224 return true; 1225 } 1226 1227 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1228 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1229 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1230 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1231 unsigned NewDiag; 1232 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1233 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1234 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1235 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1236 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1237 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1238 else 1239 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1240 1241 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1242 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1243 1244 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1245 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1246 // 1247 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1248 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1249 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1250 if (isFriend) { 1251 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1252 } else { 1253 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1254 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1255 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1256 return true; 1257 } 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1262 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1263 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1264 // attributes should be ignored when comparing. 1265 if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) == 1266 Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false)) 1267 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1268 1269 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1270 } 1271 1272 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1273 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1274 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1275 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1276 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1277 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1278 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1279 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1280 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1281 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1282 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1283 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1284 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1285 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1286 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1287 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1288 OldProto->isVariadic(), 1289 OldProto->getTypeQuals(), 1290 false, false, 0, 0, 1291 OldProto->getExtInfo()); 1292 New->setType(NewQType); 1293 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1294 1295 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1296 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1297 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1298 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1299 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1300 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1301 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1302 SourceLocation(), 0, 1303 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1304 SC_None, SC_None, 1305 0); 1306 Param->setImplicit(); 1307 Params.push_back(Param); 1308 } 1309 1310 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1311 } 1312 1313 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1314 } 1315 1316 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1317 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1318 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1319 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1320 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1321 // the prototype. 1322 // 1323 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1324 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1325 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1326 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1327 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1328 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1329 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1330 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1331 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1332 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1333 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1334 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1335 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1336 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1337 1338 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1339 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1340 NewProto->getResultType()); 1341 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1342 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1343 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1344 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1345 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1346 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1347 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1348 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1349 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1350 NewParm->getType(), 1351 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1352 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1353 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1354 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1355 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1356 } else 1357 LooseCompatible = false; 1358 } 1359 1360 if (LooseCompatible) { 1361 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1362 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1363 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1364 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1365 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1366 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1367 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1368 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1369 } 1370 1371 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1372 ArgTypes.size(), 1373 OldProto->isVariadic(), 0, 1374 false, false, 0, 0, 1375 OldProto->getExtInfo())); 1376 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1377 } 1378 1379 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1380 } 1381 1382 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1383 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1384 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1385 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1386 // signature. 1387 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1388 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1389 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1390 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1391 // library built-in. 1392 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1393 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1394 << Old << Old->getType(); 1395 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1396 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1397 return false; 1398 } 1399 1400 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1401 } 1402 1403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1404 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1405 return true; 1406} 1407 1408/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1409/// known to be compatible. 1410/// 1411/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1412/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1413/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1414/// redeclaration of Old. 1415/// 1416/// \returns false 1417bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1418 // Merge the attributes 1419 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1420 1421 // Merge the storage class. 1422 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1423 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1424 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1425 1426 // Merge "pure" flag. 1427 if (Old->isPure()) 1428 New->setPure(); 1429 1430 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1431 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1432 New->setDeleted(); 1433 1434 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1435 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1436 1437 return false; 1438} 1439 1440/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1441/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1442/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1443/// 1444/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1445/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1446/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1447/// 1448void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1449 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1450 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1451 return; 1452 1453 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1454 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1455 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1456 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1457 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1458 << New->getDeclName(); 1459 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1460 diag::note_previous_definition); 1461 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1462 } 1463 1464 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1465 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1466 // 1467 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1468 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1469 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1470 << New->getIdentifier(); 1471 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1472 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1473 } 1474 1475 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1476 1477 // Merge the types 1478 QualType MergedT; 1479 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1480 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1481 MergedT = New->getType(); 1482 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1483 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1484 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1485 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1486 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1487 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1488 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1489 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1490 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1491 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1492 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1493 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1494 MergedT = New->getType(); 1495 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1496 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1497 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1498 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1499 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1500 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1501 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1502 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1503 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1504 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1505 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1506 } 1507 } else { 1508 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1509 } 1510 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1511 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1512 << New->getDeclName(); 1513 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1514 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1515 } 1516 New->setType(MergedT); 1517 1518 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1519 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1520 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1522 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1523 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1524 } 1525 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1526 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1527 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1528 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1529 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1530 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1531 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1532 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1533 // identifier has external linkage. 1534 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1535 /* Okay */; 1536 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1537 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1539 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1540 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1541 } 1542 1543 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1544 1545 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1546 // need to check for mismatches. 1547 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1548 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1549 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1550 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1551 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1552 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1553 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1554 } 1555 1556 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1558 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1559 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1560 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1561 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1562 } 1563 1564 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1565 const VarDecl *Def; 1566 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1567 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1568 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1569 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1570 << New->getDeclName(); 1571 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1572 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1573 return; 1574 } 1575 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1576 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1577 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1578 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1579 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1580 // specified at the prior declaration. 1581 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1582 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1583 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1584 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1585 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1586 1587 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1588 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1589 1590 // Inherit access appropriately. 1591 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1592} 1593 1594/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1595/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1596Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1597 DeclSpec &DS) { 1598 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1599 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1600 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1601 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1602 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1603 Decl *TagD = 0; 1604 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1605 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1606 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1607 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1608 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1609 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1610 1611 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1612 return 0; 1613 1614 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1615 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1616 // it's a Type. 1617 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1618 } 1619 1620 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1621 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1622 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1623 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1624 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1625 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1626 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1627 } 1628 1629 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1630 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1631 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1632 if (TagD && !Tag) 1633 return 0; 1634 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1635 } 1636 1637 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1638 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes()); 1639 1640 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1641 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1642 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1643 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1644 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1645 1646 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1647 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1648 } 1649 1650 // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain 1651 // about them. 1652 // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? 1653 if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1654 return Tag; 1655 } 1656 1657 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1658 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1659 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1660 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1661 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1662 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1663 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1664 1665 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1666 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1667 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1668 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1669 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1670 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1671 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1672 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1673 return Tag; 1674 } 1675 1676 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1677 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1678 } 1679 1680 return TagD; 1681} 1682 1683/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1684/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1685StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1686 StmtResult R; 1687 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1688 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1689 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1690 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1691 do 1692 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1693 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1694 } 1695 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1696 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1697 } 1698 } 1699 return R; 1700} 1701 1702/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1703/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1704/// 1705/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1706static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1707 Scope *S, 1708 DeclContext *Owner, 1709 DeclarationName Name, 1710 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1711 unsigned diagnostic) { 1712 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1713 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1714 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1715 1716 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1717 return false; 1718 1719 // Pick a representative declaration. 1720 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1721 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1722 1723 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1724 return false; 1725 1726 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1727 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1728 1729 return true; 1730} 1731 1732/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1733/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1734/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1735/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1736/// struct, e.g., 1737/// 1738/// @code 1739/// union { 1740/// int i; 1741/// float f; 1742/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1743/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1744/// @endcode 1745/// 1746/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1747/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1748static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1749 DeclContext *Owner, 1750 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1751 AccessSpecifier AS) { 1752 unsigned diagKind 1753 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1754 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1755 1756 bool Invalid = false; 1757 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), 1758 FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); 1759 F != FEnd; ++F) { 1760 if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { 1761 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), 1762 (*F)->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1763 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1764 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1765 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1766 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1767 Invalid = true; 1768 } else { 1769 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1770 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1771 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1772 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1773 // anonymous union is declared. 1774 Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); 1775 S->AddDecl(*F); 1776 SemaRef.IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); 1777 1778 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1779 if (AS != AS_none) (*F)->setAccess(AS); 1780 } 1781 } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType 1782 = (*F)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1783 RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); 1784 if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 1785 Invalid = Invalid || 1786 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(SemaRef, S, Owner, 1787 InnerRecord, AS); 1788 } 1789 } 1790 1791 return Invalid; 1792} 1793 1794/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1795/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1796/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1797static StorageClass 1798StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1799 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1800 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1801 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1802 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1803 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1804 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1805 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1806 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1807 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1808 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1809 } 1810 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1811} 1812 1813/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1814/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1815/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1816static StorageClass 1817StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1818 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1819 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1820 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1821 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1822 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1823 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1824 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1825 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1826 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1827 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1828 } 1829 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1830} 1831 1832/// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1833/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1834/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1835/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1836Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1837 AccessSpecifier AS, 1838 RecordDecl *Record) { 1839 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1840 1841 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1842 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1843 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1844 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1845 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1846 1847 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1848 // structs/unions. 1849 bool Invalid = false; 1850 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1851 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1852 unsigned DiagID; 1853 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1854 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1855 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1856 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1857 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1858 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1859 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1860 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1861 Invalid = true; 1862 1863 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1864 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1865 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1866 } 1867 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1868 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1869 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1870 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1871 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1872 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1873 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1874 Invalid = true; 1875 1876 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1877 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1878 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1879 } 1880 1881 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1882 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1883 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1884 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1885 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1886 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1887 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1888 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1889 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1890 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1891 // members (clause 11). 1892 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1893 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1894 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1895 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1896 Invalid = true; 1897 } 1898 1899 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1900 Invalid = true; 1901 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1902 // Any implicit members are fine. 1903 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1904 // This is a type that showed up in an 1905 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1906 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1907 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1908 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1909 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1910 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1911 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1912 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1913 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1914 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1915 else { 1916 // This is a nested type declaration. 1917 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1918 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1919 Invalid = true; 1920 } 1921 } 1922 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1923 // Any access specifier is fine. 1924 } else { 1925 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1926 // member. Complain about it. 1927 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1928 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1929 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1930 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1931 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1932 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1933 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1934 1935 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1936 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1937 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1938 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1939 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1940 else { 1941 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1942 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1943 Invalid = true; 1944 } 1945 } 1946 } 1947 } 1948 1949 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1950 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1951 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1952 Invalid = true; 1953 } 1954 1955 // Mock up a declarator. 1956 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1957 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1958 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1959 1960 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 1961 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 1962 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1963 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 1964 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1965 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1966 TInfo, 1967 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 1968 Anon->setAccess(AS); 1969 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1970 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 1971 } else { 1972 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 1973 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1974 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 1975 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1976 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 1977 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 1978 // an error here 1979 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 1980 Invalid = true; 1981 SC = SC_None; 1982 } 1983 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 1984 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 1985 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1986 1987 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 1988 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1989 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1990 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 1991 } 1992 Anon->setImplicit(); 1993 1994 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 1995 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 1996 // its members. 1997 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 1998 1999 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2000 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2001 // purposes. 2002 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS)) 2003 Invalid = true; 2004 2005 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2006 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2007 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2008 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2009 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2010 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2011 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2012 2013 if (Invalid) 2014 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2015 2016 return Anon; 2017} 2018 2019 2020/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2021/// given Declarator. 2022DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2023 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2024} 2025 2026/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2027DeclarationNameInfo 2028Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2029 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2030 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2031 2032 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2033 2034 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2035 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2036 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2037 return NameInfo; 2038 2039 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2040 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2041 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2042 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2043 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2044 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2045 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2046 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2047 return NameInfo; 2048 2049 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2050 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2051 Name.Identifier)); 2052 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2053 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2054 return NameInfo; 2055 2056 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2057 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2058 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2059 if (Ty.isNull()) 2060 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2061 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2062 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2063 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2064 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2065 return NameInfo; 2066 } 2067 2068 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2069 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2070 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2071 if (Ty.isNull()) 2072 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2073 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2074 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2075 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2076 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2077 return NameInfo; 2078 } 2079 2080 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2081 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2082 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2083 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2084 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2085 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2086 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2087 2088 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2089 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2090 2091 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2092 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2093 // was qualified. 2094 2095 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2096 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2097 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2098 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2099 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2100 return NameInfo; 2101 } 2102 2103 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2104 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2105 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2106 if (Ty.isNull()) 2107 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2108 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2109 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2110 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2111 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2112 return NameInfo; 2113 } 2114 2115 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2116 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2117 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2118 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2119 } 2120 2121 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2122 2123 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2124 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2125} 2126 2127/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2128/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2129/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2130/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2131/// the class or namespace. 2132static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2133 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2134 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2135 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2136 return false; 2137 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2138 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2139 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2140 2141 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2142 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2143 return false; 2144 } 2145 2146 return true; 2147} 2148 2149/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2150/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2151/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2152/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2153/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2154static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2155 DeclarationName Name) { 2156 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2157 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2158 // - types which will become injected class names 2159 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2160 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2161 // few cases here. 2162 2163 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2164 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2165 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2166 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2167 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2168 // Grab the type from the parser. 2169 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2170 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2171 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2172 2173 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2174 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2175 // attached already. 2176 if (!TSI) 2177 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2178 2179 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2180 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2181 if (!TSI) return true; 2182 2183 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2184 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2185 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2186 break; 2187 } 2188 2189 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2190 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2191 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2192 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2193 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2194 break; 2195 } 2196 2197 default: 2198 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2199 break; 2200 } 2201 2202 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2203 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2204 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2205 2206 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2207 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2208 // pointer. 2209 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2210 continue; 2211 2212 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2213 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2214 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2215 return true; 2216 } 2217 2218 return false; 2219} 2220 2221Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2222 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2223} 2224 2225Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2226 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2227 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2228 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2229 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2230 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2231 2232 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2233 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2234 if (!Name) { 2235 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2236 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2237 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2238 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2239 return 0; 2240 } 2241 2242 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2243 // we find one that is. 2244 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2245 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2246 S = S->getParent(); 2247 2248 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2249 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2250 D.setInvalidType(); 2251 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2252 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2253 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2254 if (!DC) { 2255 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2256 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2257 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2258 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2259 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2260 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2261 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2262 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2263 return 0; 2264 } 2265 2266 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2267 2268 if (!IsDependentContext && 2269 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2270 return 0; 2271 2272 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2273 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2274 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2275 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2276 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2277 D.setInvalidType(); 2278 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2279 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2280 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2281 // definition: 2282 // 2283 // class X { 2284 // void X::f(); 2285 // }; 2286 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2287 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2288 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2289 else 2290 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2291 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2292 2293 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2294 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2295 } 2296 } 2297 2298 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2299 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2300 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2301 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2302 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2303 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2304 D.setInvalidType(); 2305 } 2306 } 2307 2308 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2309 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2310 // name different from T: 2311 // - every static data member of class T; 2312 // - every member function of class T 2313 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2314 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2315 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2316 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2317 << Name; 2318 2319 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2320 // Just return early; it's safer. 2321 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2322 return 0; 2323 } 2324 2325 NamedDecl *New; 2326 2327 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2328 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2329 2330 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2331 ForRedeclaration); 2332 2333 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2334 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2335 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2336 2337 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2338 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2339 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2340 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2341 /* Do nothing*/; 2342 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2343 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2344 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2345 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2346 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2347 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2348 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2349 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2350 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2351 2352 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2353 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2354 2355 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2356 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2357 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2358 2359 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2360 // out-of-line members. 2361 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2362 2363 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2364 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2365 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2366 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2367 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2368 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2369 // declarations namespace. 2370 // 2371 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2372 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2373 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2374 // 2375 // class X { 2376 // void f(); 2377 // void f(float); 2378 // }; 2379 // 2380 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2381 // 2382 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2383 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2384 // matches. 2385 2386 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2387 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2388 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2389 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2390 } else { 2391 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2392 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2393 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2394 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2395 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2396 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2397 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2398 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2399 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2400 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2401 else 2402 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2403 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2404 D.setInvalidType(); 2405 } 2406 } 2407 } 2408 2409 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2410 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2411 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2412 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2413 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2414 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2415 D.setInvalidType(); 2416 2417 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2418 Previous.clear(); 2419 } 2420 2421 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2422 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2423 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2424 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2425 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2426 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2427 Previous.clear(); 2428 2429 bool Redeclaration = false; 2430 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2431 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2432 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2433 return 0; 2434 } 2435 2436 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2437 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2438 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2439 move(TemplateParamLists), 2440 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2441 } else { 2442 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2443 move(TemplateParamLists), 2444 Redeclaration); 2445 } 2446 2447 if (New == 0) 2448 return 0; 2449 2450 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2451 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2452 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2453 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2454 2455 return New; 2456} 2457 2458/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2459/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2460/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2461static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2462 ASTContext &Context, 2463 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2464 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2465 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2466 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2467 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2468 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2469 SizeIsNegative = false; 2470 Oversized = 0; 2471 2472 if (T->isDependentType()) 2473 return QualType(); 2474 2475 QualifierCollector Qs; 2476 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2477 2478 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2479 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2480 QualType FixedType = 2481 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2482 Oversized); 2483 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2484 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2485 return Qs.apply(FixedType); 2486 } 2487 2488 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2489 if (!VLATy) 2490 return QualType(); 2491 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2492 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2493 return QualType(); 2494 2495 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2496 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2497 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2498 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2499 return QualType(); 2500 2501 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2502 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2503 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2504 SizeIsNegative = true; 2505 return QualType(); 2506 } 2507 2508 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2509 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2510 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2511 Res); 2512 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2513 Oversized = Res; 2514 return QualType(); 2515 } 2516 2517 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2518 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2519} 2520 2521/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2522/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2523void 2524Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2525 const LookupResult &Previous, 2526 Scope *S) { 2527 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2528 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2529 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2530 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2531 2532 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2533 return; 2534 2535 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2536 2537 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2538 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2539 // declaration. 2540 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2541 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2542 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2543 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2544 S = S->getParent(); 2545 2546 if (S) 2547 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2548 } 2549} 2550 2551/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2552/// does not identify a function. 2553void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2554 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2555 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2556 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2557 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2558 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2559 2560 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2561 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2562 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2563 2564 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2565 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2566 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2567} 2568 2569NamedDecl* 2570Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2571 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2572 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2573 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2574 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2575 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2576 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2577 D.setInvalidType(); 2578 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2579 DC = CurContext; 2580 Previous.clear(); 2581 } 2582 2583 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2584 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2585 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2586 } 2587 2588 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2589 2590 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2591 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2592 2593 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2594 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2595 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2596 return 0; 2597 } 2598 2599 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2600 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2601 2602 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2603 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2604 2605 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2606 // then it shall have block scope. 2607 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2608 // that redeclarations will match. 2609 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2610 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2611 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2612 2613 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2614 bool SizeIsNegative; 2615 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2616 QualType FixedTy = 2617 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2618 Oversized); 2619 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2620 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2621 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2622 } else { 2623 if (SizeIsNegative) 2624 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2625 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2626 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2627 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2629 << Oversized.toString(10); 2630 else 2631 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2632 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2633 } 2634 } 2635 } 2636 2637 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2638 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2639 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2640 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2641 Redeclaration = true; 2642 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2643 } 2644 2645 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2646 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2647 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2648 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2649 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2650 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2651 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2652 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2653 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2654 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2655 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2656 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2657 } 2658 2659 return NewTD; 2660} 2661 2662/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2663/// previous declaration. 2664/// 2665/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2666/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2667/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2668/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2669/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2670/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2671/// 2672/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2673/// lookup 2674/// 2675/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2676/// declared. 2677/// 2678/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2679/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2680static bool 2681isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2682 ASTContext &Context) { 2683 if (!PrevDecl) 2684 return false; 2685 2686 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2687 return false; 2688 2689 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2690 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2691 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2692 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2693 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2694 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2695 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2696 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2697 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2698 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2699 return false; 2700 2701 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2702 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2703 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2704 return false; 2705 2706 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2707 // previous declarations. 2708 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2709 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2710 2711 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2712 // isn't the same function. 2713 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2714 return false; 2715 } 2716 2717 return true; 2718} 2719 2720static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2721 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2722 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2723 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2724 SS.getRange()); 2725} 2726 2727NamedDecl* 2728Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2729 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2730 LookupResult &Previous, 2731 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2732 bool &Redeclaration) { 2733 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2734 2735 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2736 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2737 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2738 2739 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2740 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2741 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2742 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2743 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2744 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2745 // an error here 2746 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2747 D.setInvalidType(); 2748 SC = SC_None; 2749 } 2750 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2751 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2752 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2753 2754 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2755 if (!II) { 2756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2757 << Name.getAsString(); 2758 return 0; 2759 } 2760 2761 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2762 2763 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2764 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2765 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2766 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2767 2768 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2769 // is a GNU extension. 2770 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2771 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2772 else 2773 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2774 D.setInvalidType(); 2775 } 2776 } 2777 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2778 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2779 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2780 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2781 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2782 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2783 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2784 SC = SC_Static; 2785 } 2786 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2787 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2788 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2789 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2790 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2791 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2792 2793 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2794 // the program is ill-formed. 2795 // 2796 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 2797 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 2798 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2799 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 2800 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 2801 } 2802 } 2803 2804 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2805 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2806 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2807 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2808 bool Invalid = false; 2809 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2810 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2811 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2812 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2813 TemplateParamLists.get(), 2814 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2815 /*never a friend*/ false, 2816 isExplicitSpecialization, 2817 Invalid)) { 2818 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2819 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2820 2821 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2822 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2823 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2824 << II 2825 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2826 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2827 return 0; 2828 } else { 2829 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2830 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2831 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2832 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2833 << II 2834 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2835 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2836 2837 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2838 } 2839 } 2840 2841 VarDecl *NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2842 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2843 2844 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2845 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2846 2847 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2848 2849 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2850 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2851 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2852 TemplateParamLists.release()); 2853 } 2854 2855 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2856 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2857 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2858 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2859 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2860 else 2861 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2862 } 2863 2864 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2865 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2866 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2867 2868 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2869 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2870 2871 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2872 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 2873 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2874 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2875 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 2876 Context, SE->getString())); 2877 } 2878 2879 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 2880 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 2881 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 2882 2883 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 2884 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 2885 // declaration has linkage). 2886 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 2887 2888 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 2889 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2890 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2891 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 2892 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2893 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 2894 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2895 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 2896 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2897 Previous.clear(); 2898 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2899 } 2900 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2901 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 2902 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 2903 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 2904 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2905 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2906 } 2907 2908 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2909 2910 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 2911 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 2912 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 2913 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2914 2915 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2916 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 2917 // here. 2918 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2919 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2920 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 2921 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 2922 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2923 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2924 } 2925 } 2926 2927 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 2928 // such variables. 2929 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 2930 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 2931 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 2932 2933 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 2934 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 2935 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 2936 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 2937 2938 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 2939 2940 return NewVD; 2941} 2942 2943/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 2944/// -Wshadow. 2945/// 2946/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 2947/// scope. 2948/// 2949/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 2950/// \param R the lookup of the name 2951/// 2952void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 2953 // Return if warning is ignored. 2954 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored) 2955 return; 2956 2957 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 2958 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 2959 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 2960 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 2961 return; 2962 2963 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 2964 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 2965 return; 2966 2967 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 2968 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2969 return; 2970 2971 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 2972 2973 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 2974 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 2975 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 2976 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 2977 return; 2978 2979 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 2980 // static data members from base classes? 2981 2982 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 2983 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 2984 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 2985 } 2986 2987 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 2988 unsigned Kind; 2989 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 2990 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2991 Kind = 3; // field 2992 else 2993 Kind = 2; // static data member 2994 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 2995 Kind = 1; // global 2996 else 2997 Kind = 0; // local 2998 2999 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3000 3001 // Emit warning and note. 3002 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3003 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3004} 3005 3006/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3007void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3008 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3009 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3010 LookupName(R, S); 3011 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3012} 3013 3014/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3015/// declaration. 3016/// 3017/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3018/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3019/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3020/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3021/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3022/// 3023/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3024void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3025 LookupResult &Previous, 3026 bool &Redeclaration) { 3027 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3028 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3029 return; 3030 3031 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3032 3033 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3034 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3035 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3036 } 3037 3038 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3039 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3040 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3041 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3042 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3043 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3044 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3045 } 3046 3047 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3048 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3049 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3050 3051 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3052 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3053 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3054 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3055 3056 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3057 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3058 bool SizeIsNegative; 3059 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3060 QualType FixedTy = 3061 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3062 Oversized); 3063 3064 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3065 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3066 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3067 // int a[10][n]; 3068 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3069 3070 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3071 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3072 << SizeRange; 3073 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3074 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3075 << SizeRange; 3076 else 3077 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3078 << SizeRange; 3079 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3080 } 3081 3082 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3083 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3084 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3085 else 3086 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3087 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3088 } 3089 3090 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3091 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3092 } 3093 3094 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3095 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3096 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3097 // declaration with the same name. 3098 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3099 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3100 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3101 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3102 } 3103 3104 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3105 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3106 << T; 3107 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3108 } 3109 3110 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3111 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3112 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3113 } 3114 3115 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3116 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3117 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3118 } 3119 3120 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3121 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3122 QualType Pointee; 3123 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3124 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3125 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3126 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3127 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3128 PtrOrRef = 1; 3129 } 3130 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3131 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3132 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3133 << PtrOrRef; 3134 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3135 } 3136 3137 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3138 Redeclaration = true; 3139 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3140 } 3141} 3142 3143/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3144struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3145 Sema *S; 3146 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3147}; 3148 3149/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3150/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3151/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3152static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3153 CXXBasePath &Path, 3154 void *UserData) { 3155 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3156 3157 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3158 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3159 3160 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3161 3162 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3163 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3164 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3165 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3166 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3167 3168 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3169 } 3170 3171 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3172 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3173 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3174 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3175 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3176 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3177 return true; 3178 } 3179 } 3180 3181 return false; 3182} 3183 3184/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3185/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3186bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3187 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3188 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3189 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3190 Data.Method = MD; 3191 Data.S = this; 3192 bool AddedAny = false; 3193 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3194 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3195 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3196 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3197 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3198 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3199 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) { 3200 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3201 AddedAny = true; 3202 } 3203 } 3204 } 3205 } 3206 3207 return AddedAny; 3208} 3209 3210static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3211 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3212 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3213 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3214 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3215 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3216 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3217 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3218 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3219 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3220 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3221 } 3222} 3223 3224/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking 3225/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override] 3226static void 3227CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 3228 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 3229 if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual()) 3230 return; 3231 3232 bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>(); 3233 bool HasOverriddenMethods = 3234 MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods(); 3235 3236 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2: 3237 /// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override 3238 /// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed. 3239 if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) { 3240 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding) 3241 << MD->getDeclName(); 3242 return; 3243 } 3244 3245 if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>()) 3246 return; 3247 3248 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6: 3249 /// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function 3250 /// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a 3251 /// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the 3252 /// program is ill-formed. 3253 if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() && 3254 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 3255 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> 3256 OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 3257 MD->end_overridden_methods()); 3258 3259 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3260 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override) 3261 << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size(); 3262 3263 for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I) 3264 SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(), 3265 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 3266 } 3267} 3268 3269NamedDecl* 3270Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3271 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3272 LookupResult &Previous, 3273 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3274 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3275 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3276 3277 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3278 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3279 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3280 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3281 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3282 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3283 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3284 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3285 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3286 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3287 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3288 D.setInvalidType(); 3289 break; 3290 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3291 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3292 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3293 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3294 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3295 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3296 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3297 // other than extern 3298 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3299 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3300 diag::err_static_block_func); 3301 SC = SC_None; 3302 } else 3303 SC = SC_Static; 3304 break; 3305 } 3306 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3307 } 3308 3309 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3310 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3311 3312 bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3313 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3314 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3315 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3316 3317 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3318 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3319 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3320 3321 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3322 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3323 // the class has been completely parsed. 3324 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3325 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3326 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3327 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3328 AbstractReturnType)) 3329 D.setInvalidType(); 3330 3331 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3332 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3333 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3334 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3335 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3336 D.setInvalidType(); 3337 } 3338 3339 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3340 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3341 3342 if (isFriend) { 3343 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3344 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3345 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3346 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3347 } 3348 3349 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3350 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3351 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3352 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3353 3354 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3355 3356 // Create the new declaration 3357 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3358 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3359 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3360 isExplicit, isInline, 3361 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3362 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3363 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3364 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3365 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3366 3367 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3368 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3369 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3370 isInline, 3371 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3372 isVirtualOkay = true; 3373 } else { 3374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3375 3376 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3377 // code path. 3378 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3379 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3380 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3381 D.setInvalidType(); 3382 } 3383 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3384 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3385 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3386 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3387 return 0; 3388 } 3389 3390 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3391 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3392 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3393 isInline, isExplicit); 3394 3395 isVirtualOkay = true; 3396 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3397 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3398 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3399 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3400 // constructor if it has no return type). 3401 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3402 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3403 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3404 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3405 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3406 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3407 return 0; 3408 } 3409 3410 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3411 3412 // [class.free]p1: 3413 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3414 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3415 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3416 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3417 isStatic = true; 3418 3419 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3420 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3421 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3422 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3423 isStatic = true; 3424 3425 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3426 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3427 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3428 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3429 3430 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3431 } else { 3432 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3433 // prototype. This true when: 3434 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3435 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3436 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3437 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3438 bool HasPrototype = 3439 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 3440 (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || 3441 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3442 3443 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3444 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3445 HasPrototype); 3446 } 3447 3448 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3449 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3450 3451 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3452 3453 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3454 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3455 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3456 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3457 3458 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3459 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3460 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3461 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3462 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3463 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3464 bool Invalid = false; 3465 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3466 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3467 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3468 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3469 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3470 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3471 isFriend, 3472 isExplicitSpecialization, 3473 Invalid)) { 3474 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3475 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3476 3477 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3478 // This is a function template 3479 3480 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3481 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3482 return 0; 3483 3484 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3485 NewFD->getLocation(), 3486 Name, TemplateParams, 3487 NewFD); 3488 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3489 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3490 } else { 3491 // This is a function template specialization. 3492 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3493 3494 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3495 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3496 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3497 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3498 3499 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3500 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3501 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3502 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3503 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3504 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3505 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3506 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3507 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3508 } 3509 3510 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3511 << Name << RemoveRange 3512 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3513 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3514 } 3515 } 3516 } 3517 3518 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3519 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3520 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3521 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3522 } 3523 3524 if (Invalid) { 3525 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3526 if (FunctionTemplate) 3527 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3528 } 3529 3530 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3531 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3532 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3533 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3534 // 3535 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3536 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3537 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3538 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3539 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3540 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3541 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3542 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3543 } else { 3544 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3545 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3546 } 3547 } 3548 3549 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3550 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3551 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3552 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3553 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3554 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3555 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3556 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3557 } 3558 } 3559 3560 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3561 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3562 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3563 // and 12.3.2. 3564 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3565 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3566 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3567 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3568 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3569 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3570 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3571 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3572 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3573 // or conversion function. 3574 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3575 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3577 } 3578 } 3579 3580 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3581 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3582 3583 if (isFriend) { 3584 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3585 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3586 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3587 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3588 } 3589 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3590 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3591 } 3592 3593 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3594 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3595 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3596 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3597 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3598 // the class. 3599 3600 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3601 // member function definition. 3602 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3603 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3604 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3605 } 3606 3607 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3608 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3609 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3610 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3611 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3612 SE->getString())); 3613 } 3614 3615 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3616 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3617 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3618 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { 3619 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 3620 3621 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3622 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3623 // single void argument. 3624 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3625 // already checks for that case. 3626 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3627 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3628 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3629 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3630 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3631 3632 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3633 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3634 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3635 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3636 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3637 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3638 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3639 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3640 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3641 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3642 Params.push_back(Param); 3643 3644 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3645 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3646 } 3647 } 3648 3649 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3650 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3651 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3652 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3653 // 3654 // @code 3655 // typedef void fn(int); 3656 // fn f; 3657 // @endcode 3658 3659 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3660 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3661 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3662 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3663 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3664 Params.push_back(Param); 3665 } 3666 } else { 3667 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3668 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3669 } 3670 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3671 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3672 3673 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3674 // argument list into our AST format. 3675 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3676 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3677 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3678 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3679 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3680 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3681 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3682 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3683 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3684 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3685 TemplateArgs); 3686 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3687 3688 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3689 3690 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3691 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3692 // arguments. 3693 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3694 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3695 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3696 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3697 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3698 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3699 // too few of them). 3700 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3701 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3702 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3703 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3704 "template<> "); 3705 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3706 } else { 3707 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3708 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3709 } 3710 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3711 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3712 // wrote something like: 3713 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3714 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3715 // friend void foo<>(int); 3716 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3717 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3718 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3719 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3720 } 3721 3722 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3723 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3724 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3725 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3726 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3727 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3728 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3729 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3730 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3731 Previous)) 3732 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3733 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3734 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3735 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3736 Previous)) 3737 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3738 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3739 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3740 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3741 } 3742 3743 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3744 bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! 3745 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3746 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3747 3748 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3749 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3750 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3751 3752 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3753 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3754 : NewFD); 3755 3756 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3757 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3758 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3759 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3760 3761 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3762 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3763 3764 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3765 } 3766 3767 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3768 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3769 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3770 3771 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3772 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3773 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3774 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3775 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3776 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3777 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3778 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3779 } 3780 3781 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3782 // Ignore all the rest of this. 3783 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 3784 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3785 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3786 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3787 3788 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 3789 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3790 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 3791 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 3792 3793 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 3794 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 3795 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 3796 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 3797 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 3798 // can actually do this check immediately. 3799 if (isFriend && 3800 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 3801 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 3802 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3803 // ignore these 3804 } else { 3805 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3806 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3807 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3808 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3809 // 3810 // class X { 3811 // void f() const; 3812 // }; 3813 // 3814 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3815 // 3816 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 3817 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 3818 // whether the parameter types are references). 3819 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 3820 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3821 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3822 3823 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 3824 } 3825 3826 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 3827 // to something. 3828 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 3829 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 3830 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3831 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 3832 } 3833 3834 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 3835 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3836 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 3837 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 3838 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3839 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 3840 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 3841 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 3842 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 3843 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 3844 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3845 } 3846 3847 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 3848 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 3849 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 3850 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 3851 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 3852 3853 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3854 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 3855 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3856 const FunctionDecl *Def; 3857 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3858 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 3859 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3860 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3861 } 3862 } 3863 3864 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 3865 3866 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 3867 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 3868 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 3869 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 3870 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 3871 if (!Previous.empty()) 3872 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3873 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 3874 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 3875 } 3876 3877 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 3878 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3879 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 3880 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 3881 << NewFD; 3882 3883 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 3884 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3885 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 3886 0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 3887 FT->getExtInfo()); 3888 NewFD->setType(R); 3889 } 3890 3891 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3892 // member, set the visibility of this function. 3893 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3894 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 3895 3896 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 3897 // map of such names. 3898 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 3899 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3900 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 3901 3902 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 3903 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 3904 3905 if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3906 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3907 3908 if (FunctionTemplate) 3909 return FunctionTemplate; 3910 3911 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 3912 3913 CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD); 3914 3915 return NewFD; 3916} 3917 3918/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 3919/// 3920/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 3921/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 3922/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 3923/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 3924/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 3925/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 3926/// via InstantiateDecl). 3927/// 3928/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 3929/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 3930/// 3931/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 3932void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 3933 LookupResult &Previous, 3934 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 3935 bool &Redeclaration, 3936 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 3937 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 3938 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3939 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 3940 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 3941 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 3942 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 3943 3944 return; 3945 } 3946 3947 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3948 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 3949 // because all functions have linkage. 3950 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 3951 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3952 } 3953 3954 if (NewFD->isMain()) 3955 CheckMain(NewFD); 3956 3957 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 3958 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 3959 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3960 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3961 // declaration with the same name. 3962 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3963 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 3964 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3965 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3966 } 3967 3968 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 3969 // the same name, if appropriate. 3970 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3971 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 3972 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 3973 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 3974 // function to the scope. 3975 3976 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 3977 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 3978 Redeclaration = true; 3979 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3980 } else { 3981 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3982 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 3983 3984 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 3985 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 3986 case Ovl_Match: 3987 Redeclaration = true; 3988 break; 3989 3990 case Ovl_NonFunction: 3991 Redeclaration = true; 3992 break; 3993 3994 case Ovl_Overload: 3995 Redeclaration = false; 3996 break; 3997 } 3998 } 3999 4000 if (Redeclaration) { 4001 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4002 // merged. 4003 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4004 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4005 4006 Previous.clear(); 4007 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4008 4009 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4010 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4011 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4012 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4013 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4014 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4015 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4016 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4017 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4018 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4019 } 4020 4021 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4022 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4023 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4024 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4025 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4026 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4027 } 4028 } else { 4029 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4030 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4031 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4032 } 4033 } 4034 } 4035 4036 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4037 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4038 // C++-specific checks. 4039 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4040 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4041 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4042 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4043 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4044 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4045 4046 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4047 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4048 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4049 DeclarationName Name 4050 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4051 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4052 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4053 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4054 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4055 } 4056 } 4057 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4058 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4059 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4060 } 4061 4062 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4063 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4064 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4065 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4066 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4067 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4068 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4069 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4070 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4071 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4072 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4073 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4074 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4075 ++Overridden) { 4076 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4077 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4078 } 4079 } 4080 } 4081 } 4082 } 4083 4084 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4085 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4086 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4087 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4088 4089 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4090 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4091 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4092 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4093 4094 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4095 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4096 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4097 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4098 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4099 } 4100} 4101 4102void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4103 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4104 // or static is ill-formed. 4105 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4106 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4107 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4108 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4109 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4110 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4111 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4112 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4113 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4114 4115 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4116 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4117 } 4118 4119 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4120 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4121 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4122 4123 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4124 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4125 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 4126 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4127 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4128 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4129 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4130 "int"); 4131 } 4132 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4133 } 4134 4135 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4136 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4137 4138 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4139 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4140 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4141 4142 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4143 4144 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4145 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4146 // getting shifty. 4147 if (nparams == 4 && 4148 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4149 HasExtraParameters = false; 4150 4151 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4152 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4153 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4154 nparams = 3; 4155 } 4156 4157 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4158 // if we had some location information about types. 4159 4160 QualType CharPP = 4161 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4162 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4163 4164 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4165 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4166 4167 bool mismatch = true; 4168 4169 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4170 mismatch = false; 4171 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4172 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4173 // char const ** 4174 // char const * const * 4175 // char * const * 4176 4177 QualifierCollector qs; 4178 const PointerType* PT; 4179 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4180 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4181 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4182 qs.removeConst(); 4183 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4184 } 4185 } 4186 4187 if (mismatch) { 4188 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4189 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4190 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4191 } 4192 } 4193 4194 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4195 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4196 } 4197 4198 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4199 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4200 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4201 } 4202} 4203 4204bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4205 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4206 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4207 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4208 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4209 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4210 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4211 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4212 // rules there don't matter.) 4213 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4214 return false; 4215 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4216 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4217 return true; 4218} 4219 4220void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4221 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4222} 4223 4224/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4225/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4226/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4227void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4228 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4229 // the initializer. 4230 if (RealDecl == 0) 4231 return; 4232 4233 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4234 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4235 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4236 // Thus this grotesque test. 4237 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4238 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4239 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4240 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4241 else { 4242 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4243 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4244 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4245 } 4246 return; 4247 } 4248 4249 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4250 if (!VDecl) { 4251 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4252 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4253 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4254 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4255 else 4256 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4257 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4258 return; 4259 } 4260 4261 4262 4263 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4264 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4265 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4266 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4267 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4268 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4269 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4270 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4271 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4272 return; 4273 } 4274 4275 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4276 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4277 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4278 AbstractVariableType)) 4279 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4280 4281 const VarDecl *Def; 4282 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4283 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4284 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4285 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4286 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4287 return; 4288 } 4289 4290 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4291 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4292 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4293 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4294 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4295 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4296 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4297 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4298 // 4299 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4300 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4301 // declaration with an initializer. 4302 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4303 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4304 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4305 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4306 return; 4307 } 4308 4309 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4310 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4311 4312 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4313 // initialization. 4314 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4315 4316 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4317 InitializationKind Kind 4318 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4319 Init->getLocStart(), 4320 Init->getLocEnd()) 4321 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4322 Init->getLocStart()); 4323 4324 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4325 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4326 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4327 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4328 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4329 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4330 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4331 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4332 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4333 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4334 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4335 &DclT); 4336 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4337 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4338 return; 4339 } 4340 4341 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4342 4343 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4344 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4345 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4346 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4347 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4348 } 4349 } 4350 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4351 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4352 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4353 // 4354 // struct S { 4355 // static const int value = 17; 4356 // }; 4357 4358 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4359 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4360 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4361 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4362 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4363 &DclT); 4364 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4365 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4366 return; 4367 } 4368 4369 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4370 } 4371 4372 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4373 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4374 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4375 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4376 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4377 4378 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4379 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4380 4381 // Require constness. 4382 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4383 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4384 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4385 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4386 4387 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4388 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4389 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4390 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4391 llvm::APSInt Value; 4392 SourceLocation Loc; 4393 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4394 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4395 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4396 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4397 } 4398 } 4399 4400 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4401 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4402 // implement fully. 4403 } else { 4404 bool Allowed = false; 4405 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4406 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4407 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4408 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4409 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4410 Allowed = true; 4411 } 4412 4413 if (!Allowed) { 4414 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4415 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4416 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4417 4418 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4419 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4420 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4421 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4422 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4423 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4424 } 4425 } 4426 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4427 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4428 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4429 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4430 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4431 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4432 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4433 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4434 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4435 &DclT); 4436 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4437 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4438 return; 4439 } 4440 4441 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4442 } 4443 4444 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4445 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4446 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4447 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4448 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4449 } 4450 } 4451 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4452 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4453 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4454 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4455 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4456 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4457 Init->setType(DclT); 4458 } 4459 4460 4461 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4462 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4463 // global/static definition. 4464 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4465 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4466 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4467 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4468 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4469 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4470 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4471 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4472 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4473 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4474 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4475 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4476 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4477 } 4478 } 4479 } 4480 4481 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4482 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4483 4484 Init = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init); 4485 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4486 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4487 4488 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4489 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4490 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4491 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() && 4492 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4493 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4494 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4495 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4496 4497 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4498 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4499 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4500 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4501 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4502 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4503 } 4504 4505 return; 4506} 4507 4508/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4509/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4510/// of sanity. 4511void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4512 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4513 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4514 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4515 4516 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4517 if (!VD) return; 4518 4519 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4520 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4521 4522 // Require a complete type. 4523 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4524 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4525 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4526 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4527 return; 4528 } 4529 4530 // Require an abstract type. 4531 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4532 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4533 AbstractVariableType)) { 4534 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4535 return; 4536 } 4537 4538 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4539 // though. 4540} 4541 4542void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4543 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4544 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4545 if (RealDecl == 0) 4546 return; 4547 4548 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4549 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4550 4551 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4552 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4553 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4554 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4555 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4556 return; 4557 } 4558 4559 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4560 case VarDecl::Definition: 4561 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4562 break; 4563 4564 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4565 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4566 // a declaration. 4567 // 4568 // Fall through 4569 4570 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4571 // It's only a declaration. 4572 4573 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4574 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4575 // object shall be complete. 4576 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4577 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4578 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4579 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4580 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4581 4582 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4583 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4584 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4585 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4586 AbstractVariableType)) 4587 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4588 return; 4589 4590 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4591 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4592 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4593 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4594 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4595 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4596 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4597 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4598 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4599 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4600 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4601 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4602 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4603 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4604 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4605 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4606 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4607 // NOTE: code such as the following 4608 // static struct s; 4609 // struct s { int a; }; 4610 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4611 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4612 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4613 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4614 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4615 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4616 } 4617 } 4618 4619 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4620 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4621 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4622 return; 4623 } 4624 4625 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4626 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4627 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4628 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4629 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4630 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4631 return; 4632 } 4633 4634 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4635 // definitions with reference type. 4636 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4637 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4638 << Var->getDeclName() 4639 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4640 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4641 return; 4642 } 4643 4644 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4645 // variable with dependent type. 4646 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4647 return; 4648 4649 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4650 return; 4651 4652 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4653 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4654 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4655 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4656 return; 4657 } 4658 4659 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4660 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4661 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4662 AbstractVariableType)) { 4663 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4664 return; 4665 } 4666 4667 const RecordType *Record 4668 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4669 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4670 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4671 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4672 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4673 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4674 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4675 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4676 // type shall have a user-declared default 4677 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4678 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4679 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4680 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4681 // program is ill-formed. 4682 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4683 } else { 4684 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4685 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4686 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4687 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4688 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4689 4690 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4691 InitializationKind Kind 4692 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4693 4694 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4695 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4696 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4697 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4698 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4699 else if (Init.get()) { 4700 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init.takeAs<Expr>())); 4701 4702 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4703 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() && 4704 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4705 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4706 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4707 } 4708 } 4709 4710 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4711 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4712 } 4713} 4714 4715Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4716Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4717 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4718 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4719 4720 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4721 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4722 4723 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4724 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4725 Decls.push_back(D); 4726 4727 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4728 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4729} 4730 4731 4732/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4733/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4734Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4735 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4736 4737 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4738 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4739 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4740 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4741 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4742 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4743 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4744 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4745 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4746 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4747 } 4748 4749 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4750 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4751 4752 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4753 4754 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4755 // parameter (C++ only). 4756 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4757 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4758 4759 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4760 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4761 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4762 4763 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4764 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4765 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4766 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4767 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4768 } 4769 4770 // Ensure we have a valid name 4771 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 4772 if (D.hasName()) { 4773 II = D.getIdentifier(); 4774 if (!II) { 4775 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 4776 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 4777 D.setInvalidType(true); 4778 } 4779 } 4780 4781 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 4782 if (II) { 4783 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 4784 ForRedeclaration); 4785 LookupName(R, S); 4786 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 4787 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4788 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 4789 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4790 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 4791 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4792 PrevDecl = 0; 4793 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4794 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 4795 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4796 4797 // Recover by removing the name 4798 II = 0; 4799 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4800 D.setInvalidType(true); 4801 } 4802 } 4803 } 4804 4805 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 4806 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 4807 // looking like class members in C++. 4808 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4809 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 4810 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4811 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 4812 4813 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4814 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4815 4816 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4817 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4818 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4819 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4820 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4821 } 4822 4823 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 4824 S->AddDecl(New); 4825 if (II) 4826 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 4827 4828 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 4829 4830 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4831 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4832 } 4833 return New; 4834} 4835 4836/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 4837/// typedef. 4838ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 4839 SourceLocation Loc, 4840 QualType T) { 4841 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 4842 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 4843 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 4844 Param->setImplicit(); 4845 return Param; 4846} 4847 4848void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 4849 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 4850 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_unused_parameter) == 4851 Diagnostic::Ignored) 4852 return; 4853 4854 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 4855 // will already have done so in the template itself. 4856 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 4857 return; 4858 4859 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 4860 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 4861 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 4862 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 4863 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 4864 } 4865 } 4866} 4867 4868void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 4869 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 4870 QualType ReturnTy, 4871 NamedDecl *D) { 4872 if (LangOpts.ArgumentLargerThan == 0) // No check. 4873 return; 4874 4875 if (ReturnTy->isPODType() && 4876 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_return_value_size) != 4877 Diagnostic::Ignored) { 4878 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 4879 if (Size > LangOpts.ArgumentLargerThan) 4880 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 4881 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 4882 } 4883 4884 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_parameter_size)==Diagnostic::Ignored) 4885 return; 4886 4887 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 4888 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 4889 if (!T->isPODType()) 4890 continue; 4891 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 4892 if (Size > LangOpts.ArgumentLargerThan) 4893 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 4894 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 4895 } 4896} 4897 4898ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 4899 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 4900 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4901 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4902 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 4903 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 4904 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 4905 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 4906 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 4907 0); 4908 4909 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 4910 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4911 // the class has been completely parsed. 4912 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 4913 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4914 AbstractParamType)) 4915 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4916 4917 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 4918 // passed by reference. 4919 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4920 Diag(NameLoc, 4921 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 4922 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4923 } 4924 4925 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 4926 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 4927 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 4928 // an address space. 4929 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4930 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 4931 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4932 } 4933 4934 return New; 4935} 4936 4937void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4938 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 4939 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4940 "Not a function declarator!"); 4941 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 4942 4943 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 4944 // for a K&R function. 4945 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 4946 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 4947 --i; 4948 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 4949 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 4950 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 4951 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 4952 << ";\n"; 4953 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 4954 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 4955 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 4956 4957 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 4958 // type. 4959 DeclSpec DS; 4960 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 4961 unsigned DiagID; // unused 4962 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 4963 PrevSpec, DiagID); 4964 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 4965 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 4966 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 4967 } 4968 } 4969 } 4970} 4971 4972Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4973 Declarator &D) { 4974 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 4975 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4976 "Not a function declarator!"); 4977 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 4978 4979 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 4980 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 4981 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 4982 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 4983} 4984 4985static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4986 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 4987 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 4988 return false; 4989 4990 // Or declarations that aren't global. 4991 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 4992 return false; 4993 4994 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 4995 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4996 return false; 4997 4998 // Don't warn about 'main'. 4999 if (FD->isMain()) 5000 return false; 5001 5002 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5003 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5004 return false; 5005 5006 // Don't warn about function templates. 5007 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5008 return false; 5009 5010 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5011 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5012 return false; 5013 5014 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5015 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5016 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5017 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5018 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5019 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5020 continue; 5021 5022 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5023 break; 5024 } 5025 5026 return MissingPrototype; 5027} 5028 5029Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5030 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5031 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5032 5033 if (!D) 5034 return D; 5035 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5036 5037 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5038 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5039 else 5040 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5041 5042 // Enter a new function scope 5043 PushFunctionScope(); 5044 5045 // See if this is a redefinition. 5046 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5047 // was an extern inline function. 5048 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5049 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5050 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5051 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5052 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5053 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5054 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5055 else 5056 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5057 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5058 } 5059 5060 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5061 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5062 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5063 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5064 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5065 } 5066 } 5067 5068 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5069 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5070 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5071 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5072 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5073 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5074 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5075 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5076 5077 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5078 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5079 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5080 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5081 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5082 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5083 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5084 5085 if (FnBodyScope) 5086 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5087 5088 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5089 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5090 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5091 5092 bool ShouldCheckShadow = 5093 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored; 5094 5095 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5096 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5097 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5098 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5099 5100 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5101 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5102 if (ShouldCheckShadow) 5103 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5104 5105 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5106 } 5107 } 5108 5109 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5110 // dllimport attribute. 5111 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5112 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5113 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5114 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5115 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5116 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5117 << "dllimport"; 5118 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5119 return FD; 5120 } 5121 5122 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5123 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5124 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5125 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5126 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5127 // emitted. 5128 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5129 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5130 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5131 } 5132 } 5133 return FD; 5134} 5135 5136/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5137/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5138/// optimization. 5139/// 5140/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5141/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5142/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5143/// use the named return value optimization. 5144/// 5145/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5146/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5147/// the NRVO variable. 5148/// 5149/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5150/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5151/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5152static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5153 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5154 5155 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5156 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5157 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5158 return; 5159 5160 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5161 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5162 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5163 return; 5164 } 5165 5166 if (NRVOCandidate) 5167 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5168} 5169 5170Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5171 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5172} 5173 5174Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5175 bool IsInstantiation) { 5176 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5177 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5178 if (FunTmpl) 5179 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5180 else 5181 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5182 5183 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5184 5185 if (FD) { 5186 FD->setBody(Body); 5187 if (FD->isMain()) { 5188 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5189 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5190 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5191 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5192 } 5193 5194 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5195 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5196 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5197 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5198 5199 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5200 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5201 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5202 5203 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5204 } 5205 5206 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5207 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5208 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5209 MD->setBody(Body); 5210 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5211 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5212 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5213 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5214 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5215 } 5216 } else { 5217 return 0; 5218 } 5219 5220 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5221 5222 // Check goto/label use. 5223 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5224 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5225 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5226 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5227 5228 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5229 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5230 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5231 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5232 if (!L->isUsed()) 5233 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5234 continue; 5235 } 5236 5237 // Emit error. 5238 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5239 5240 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5241 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5242 // formed. 5243 if (Body == 0) { 5244 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5245 continue; 5246 } 5247 5248 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5249 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5250 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5251 // label in it. 5252 5253 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5254 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5255 5256 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5257 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5258 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5259 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5260 Compound->body_end()); 5261 Elements.push_back(L); 5262 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5263 } 5264 5265 if (Body) { 5266 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5267 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5268 // Verify this. 5269 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5270 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5271 5272 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5273 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5274 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5275 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5276 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5277 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5278 5279 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5280 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5281 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5282 5283 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5284 Destructor->getParent()); 5285 } 5286 5287 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5288 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5289 // deletion in some later function. 5290 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5291 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5292 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5293 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5294 // enabled. 5295 QualType ResultType; 5296 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5297 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5298 } else { 5299 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5300 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5301 } 5302 } 5303 5304 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5305 } 5306 5307 if (!IsInstantiation) 5308 PopDeclContext(); 5309 5310 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5311 5312 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5313 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5314 // deletion in some later function. 5315 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5316 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5317 5318 return dcl; 5319} 5320 5321/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5322/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5323NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5324 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5325 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5326 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5327 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5328 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5329 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5330 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5331 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5332 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5333 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5334 return Pos->second; 5335 } 5336 5337 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5338 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5339 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5340 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5341 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5342 else 5343 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5344 5345 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5346 const char *Dummy; 5347 DeclSpec DS; 5348 unsigned DiagID; 5349 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5350 Error = Error; // Silence warning. 5351 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5352 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5353 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5354 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5355 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5356 SourceLocation()); 5357 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5358 5359 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5360 5361 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5362 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5363 5364 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5365 FD->setImplicit(); 5366 5367 CurContext = PrevDC; 5368 5369 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5370 5371 return FD; 5372} 5373 5374/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5375/// the declaration of this function. 5376/// 5377/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5378/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5379/// like NSLog or printf. 5380void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5381 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5382 return; 5383 5384 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5385 // actual attributes. 5386 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5387 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5388 unsigned FormatIdx; 5389 bool HasVAListArg; 5390 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5391 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5392 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5393 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5394 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5395 } 5396 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5397 HasVAListArg)) { 5398 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5399 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5400 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5401 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5402 } 5403 5404 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5405 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5406 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5407 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5408 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5409 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5410 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5411 } 5412 5413 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) 5414 FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType())); 5415 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5416 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5417 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5418 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5419 } 5420 5421 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5422 if (!Name) 5423 return; 5424 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5425 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5426 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5427 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5428 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5429 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5430 // about. 5431 } else 5432 return; 5433 5434 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5435 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5436 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5437 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5438 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5439 } else 5440 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5441 "printf", 1, 5442 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5443 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5444 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5445 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5446 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5447 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5448 "printf", 2, 5449 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5450 } 5451} 5452 5453TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5455 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5456 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5457 5458 if (!TInfo) { 5459 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5460 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5461 } 5462 5463 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5464 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5465 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5466 D.getIdentifier(), 5467 TInfo); 5468 5469 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5470 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5471 5472 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5473 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5474 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5475 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5476 } 5477 5478 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5479 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5480 return NewTD; 5481} 5482 5483 5484/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5485/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5486/// 5487/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5488bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5489 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5490 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5491 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5492 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5493 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5494 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5495 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5496 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5497 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5498 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5499 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5500 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5501 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5502 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5503 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5504 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5505 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5506 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5507 return true; 5508 5509 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5510 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5511 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5512 bool isTemplate = false; 5513 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5514 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5515 5516 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5517 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5518 << isTemplate << &Name 5519 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5520 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5521 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5522 return true; 5523 } 5524 return false; 5525} 5526 5527/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5528/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5529/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5530/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5531Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5532 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5533 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5534 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5535 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5536 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, bool ScopedEnum, 5537 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5538 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5539 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5540 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5541 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5542 5543 OwnedDecl = false; 5544 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5545 5546 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5547 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5548 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5549 bool Invalid = false; 5550 5551 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5552 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5553 // for non-C++ cases. 5554 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5555 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5556 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5557 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5558 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5559 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5560 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5561 isExplicitSpecialization, 5562 Invalid)) { 5563 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5564 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5565 5566 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5567 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5568 // be a member of another template). 5569 if (Invalid) 5570 return 0; 5571 5572 OwnedDecl = false; 5573 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5574 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5575 TemplateParams, 5576 AS); 5577 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5578 return Result.get(); 5579 } else { 5580 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5581 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5582 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5583 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5584 } 5585 } 5586 } 5587 5588 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5589 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5590 // redeclaration. 5591 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5592 5593 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5594 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5595 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5596 // type, default to int. 5597 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5598 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5599 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5600 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5601 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5602 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5603 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5604 5605 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5606 5607 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5608 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5609 << T; 5610 // Recover by falling back to int. 5611 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5612 } 5613 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5614 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5615 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5616 } 5617 5618 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5619 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5620 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5621 5622 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5623 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5624 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5625 5626 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5627 5628 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5629 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5630 5631 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5632 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5633 Name = 0; 5634 goto CreateNewDecl; 5635 } 5636 5637 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5638 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5639 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5640 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5641 if (!DC) { 5642 IsDependent = true; 5643 return 0; 5644 } 5645 } else { 5646 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5647 if (!DC) { 5648 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5649 << SS.getRange(); 5650 return 0; 5651 } 5652 } 5653 5654 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5655 return 0; 5656 5657 SearchDC = DC; 5658 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5659 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5660 5661 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5662 return 0; 5663 5664 if (Previous.empty()) { 5665 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5666 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5667 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5668 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5669 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5670 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 5671 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 5672 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5673 IsDependent = true; 5674 return 0; 5675 } 5676 5677 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5678 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5679 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5680 Name = 0; 5681 Invalid = true; 5682 goto CreateNewDecl; 5683 } 5684 } else if (Name) { 5685 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5686 // declaration or definition. 5687 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5688 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5689 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5690 LookupName(Previous, S); 5691 5692 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5693 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5694 return 0; 5695 5696 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5697 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5698 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5699 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5700 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5701 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5702 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5703 } 5704 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5705 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5706 // initial context to the translation unit. 5707 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5708 } 5709 5710 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5711 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5712 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5713 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5714 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5715 Previous.clear(); 5716 } 5717 5718 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5719 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5720 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5721 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5722 5723 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5724 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5725 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5726 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5727 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5728 } 5729 } 5730 5731 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5732 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5733 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5734 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5735 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5736 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5737 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5738 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5739 5740 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5741 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5742 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5743 // 5744 // class-key identifier 5745 // 5746 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5747 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5748 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5749 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5750 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5751 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5752 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5753 // declaration. 5754 // 5755 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5756 // C structs and unions. 5757 // 5758 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5759 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5760 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5761 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5762 // 5763 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5764 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5765 // 5766 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5767 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5768 // lexical context, 5769 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5770 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5771 5772 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5773 while (S->isClassScope() || 5774 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5775 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5776 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5777 (S->getEntity() && 5778 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5779 S = S->getParent(); 5780 } else { 5781 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5782 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5783 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5784 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5785 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 5786 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5787 } 5788 5789 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 5790 // diagnose some problems. 5791 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5792 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 5793 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 5794 } 5795 } 5796 5797 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5798 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5799 5800 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 5801 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 5802 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 5803 // in C++. 5804 // 5805 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 5806 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 5807 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 5808 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 5809 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5810 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5811 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 5812 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 5813 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 5814 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 5815 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 5816 PrevDecl = Tag; 5817 Previous.clear(); 5818 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 5819 Previous.resolveKind(); 5820 } 5821 } 5822 } 5823 } 5824 5825 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5826 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 5827 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 5828 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 5829 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 5830 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5831 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 5832 // struct or something similar. 5833 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 5834 bool SafeToContinue 5835 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 5836 Kind != TTK_Enum); 5837 if (SafeToContinue) 5838 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 5839 << Name 5840 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 5841 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 5842 else 5843 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 5844 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5845 5846 if (SafeToContinue) 5847 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 5848 else { 5849 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 5850 Name = 0; 5851 Previous.clear(); 5852 Invalid = true; 5853 } 5854 } 5855 5856 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 5857 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 5858 5859 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 5860 // returning the previous declaration. 5861 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 5862 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 5863 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 5864 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5865 return PrevTagDecl; 5866 } 5867 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 5868 QualType T; 5869 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 5870 T = TI->getType(); 5871 else 5872 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 5873 5874 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 5875 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch); 5876 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5877 return PrevTagDecl; 5878 } 5879 } 5880 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 5881 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 5882 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 5883 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5884 return PrevTagDecl; 5885 } 5886 } 5887 5888 if (!Invalid) { 5889 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 5890 5891 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 5892 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 5893 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 5894 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 5895 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 5896 TUK == TUK_Friend) 5897 return PrevTagDecl; 5898 5899 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 5900 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 5901 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 5902 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 5903 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 5904 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 5905 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 5906 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 5907 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 5908 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 5909 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 5910 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5911 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 5912 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 5913 // references get the previous definition. 5914 Name = 0; 5915 Previous.clear(); 5916 Invalid = true; 5917 } 5918 } else { 5919 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 5920 // about a nested redefinition. 5921 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 5922 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 5923 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 5924 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 5925 diag::note_previous_definition); 5926 Name = 0; 5927 Previous.clear(); 5928 Invalid = true; 5929 } 5930 } 5931 5932 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 5933 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 5934 } 5935 } 5936 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 5937 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 5938 5939 } else { 5940 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 5941 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 5942 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 5943 // have distinct types. 5944 Previous.clear(); 5945 } 5946 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 5947 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 5948 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 5949 5950 5951 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 5952 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 5953 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 5954 } else { 5955 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 5956 5957 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 5958 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 5959 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 5960 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 5961 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 5962 unsigned Kind = 0; 5963 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5964 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5965 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 5966 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 5967 Invalid = true; 5968 5969 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 5970 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5971 // do nothing 5972 5973 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 5974 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 5975 unsigned Kind = 0; 5976 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5977 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5978 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 5979 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5980 Invalid = true; 5981 5982 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 5983 // case here. 5984 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5985 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 5986 << Name 5987 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 5988 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5989 Invalid = true; 5990 5991 // Otherwise, diagnose. 5992 } else { 5993 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 5994 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 5995 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 5996 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5997 Name = 0; 5998 Invalid = true; 5999 } 6000 6001 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6002 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6003 Previous.clear(); 6004 } 6005 } 6006 6007CreateNewDecl: 6008 6009 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6010 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6011 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6012 6013 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6014 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6015 // keyword. 6016 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6017 6018 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6019 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6020 // PrevDecl. 6021 TagDecl *New; 6022 6023 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6024 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6025 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6026 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6027 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6028 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6029 !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6030 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6031 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6032 TagDecl *Def; 6033 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6034 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6035 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6036 } 6037 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6038 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6039 << New; 6040 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6041 } else { 6042 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6043 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6044 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6045 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6046 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6047 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6048 6049 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6050 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6051 // the declaration context. 6052 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6053 IsForwardReference = true; 6054 } 6055 } 6056 6057 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6058 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6059 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6060 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6061 else 6062 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6063 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6064 } 6065 6066 } else { 6067 // struct/union/class 6068 6069 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6070 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6071 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6072 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6073 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6074 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6075 6076 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6077 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6078 } else 6079 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6080 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6081 } 6082 6083 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6084 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6085 if (SS.isSet()) { 6086 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 6087 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 6088 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 6089 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6090 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6091 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6092 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6093 } 6094 } 6095 else 6096 Invalid = true; 6097 } 6098 6099 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6100 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6101 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6102 // 6103 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6104 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6105 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6106 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6107 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6108 // parsing of the struct). 6109 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6110 } 6111 6112 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6113 // check the specialization. 6114 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6115 Invalid = true; 6116 6117 if (Invalid) 6118 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6119 6120 if (Attr) 6121 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6122 6123 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6124 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6125 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6126 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6127 6128 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6129 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6130 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6131 6132 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6133 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6134 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6135 6136 // Set the access specifier. 6137 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6138 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6139 6140 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6141 New->startDefinition(); 6142 6143 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6144 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6145 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6146 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6147 if (PrevDecl) 6148 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6149 6150 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6151 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6152 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6153 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6154 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6155 } else if (Name) { 6156 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6157 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6158 if (IsForwardReference) 6159 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6160 6161 } else { 6162 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6163 } 6164 6165 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6166 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6167 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6168 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6169 II->isStr("FILE")) 6170 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6171 6172 OwnedDecl = true; 6173 return New; 6174} 6175 6176void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6177 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6178 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6179 6180 // Enter the tag context. 6181 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6182} 6183 6184void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6185 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6186 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6187 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6188 6189 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6190 6191 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6192 return; 6193 6194 // C++ [class]p2: 6195 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6196 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6197 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6198 // as if it were a public member name. 6199 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6200 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6201 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6202 Record->getIdentifier(), 6203 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6204 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6205 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6206 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6207 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6208 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6209 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6210 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6211 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6212 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6213 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6214} 6215 6216void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6217 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6218 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6219 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6220 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6221 6222 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6223 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6224 6225 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6226 PopDeclContext(); 6227 6228 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6229 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6230} 6231 6232void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6233 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6234 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6235 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6236 6237 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6238 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6239 // the FieldCollector. 6240 6241 PopDeclContext(); 6242} 6243 6244// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6245bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6246 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6247 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6248 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6249 if (ZeroWidth) 6250 *ZeroWidth = true; 6251 6252 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6253 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6254 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6255 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6256 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6257 return true; 6258 if (FieldName) 6259 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6260 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6261 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6262 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6263 } 6264 6265 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6266 // it now. 6267 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6268 return false; 6269 6270 llvm::APSInt Value; 6271 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6272 return true; 6273 6274 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6275 *ZeroWidth = false; 6276 6277 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6278 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6279 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6280 6281 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6282 if (FieldName) 6283 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6284 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6285 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6286 << Value.toString(10); 6287 } 6288 6289 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6290 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6291 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6292 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6293 if (FieldName) 6294 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6295 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6296 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6297 6298 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6299 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6300 } 6301 6302 if (FieldName) 6303 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6304 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6305 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6306 else 6307 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6308 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 return false; 6313} 6314 6315/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6316/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6317Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6318 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6319 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6320 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6321 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6322 AS_public); 6323 return Res; 6324} 6325 6326/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6327/// 6328FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6329 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6330 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6331 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6332 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6333 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6334 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6335 6336 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6337 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6338 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6339 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6340 6341 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6342 6343 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6344 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6345 6346 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6347 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6348 LookupName(Previous, S); 6349 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6350 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6351 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6352 6353 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6354 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6355 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6356 6357 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6358 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6359 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6360 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6361 PrevDecl = 0; 6362 } 6363 6364 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6365 PrevDecl = 0; 6366 6367 bool Mutable 6368 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6369 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6370 FieldDecl *NewFD 6371 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6372 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6373 6374 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6375 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6376 6377 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6378 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6379 // with the same name in the same scope. 6380 } else if (II) { 6381 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6382 } else 6383 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6384 6385 return NewFD; 6386} 6387 6388/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6389/// 6390/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6391/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6392/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6393/// created. 6394/// 6395/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6396/// 6397/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6398FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6399 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6400 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6401 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6402 SourceLocation TSSL, 6403 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6404 Declarator *D) { 6405 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6406 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6407 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6408 6409 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6410 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6411 if (T.isNull()) { 6412 InvalidDecl = true; 6413 T = Context.IntTy; 6414 } 6415 6416 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6417 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6418 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6419 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6420 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6421 InvalidDecl = true; 6422 } 6423 6424 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6425 // than a variably modified type. 6426 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6427 bool SizeIsNegative; 6428 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6429 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6430 SizeIsNegative, 6431 Oversized); 6432 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6433 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6434 T = FixedTy; 6435 } else { 6436 if (SizeIsNegative) 6437 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6438 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6439 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6440 << Oversized.toString(10); 6441 else 6442 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6443 InvalidDecl = true; 6444 } 6445 } 6446 6447 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6448 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6449 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6450 AbstractFieldType)) 6451 InvalidDecl = true; 6452 6453 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6454 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6455 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6456 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6457 InvalidDecl = true; 6458 BitWidth = 0; 6459 ZeroWidth = false; 6460 } 6461 6462 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6463 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6464 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6465 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6466 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6467 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6468 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6469 6470 if (DiagID) { 6471 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6472 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6473 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6474 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6475 Mutable = false; 6476 InvalidDecl = true; 6477 } 6478 } 6479 6480 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6481 BitWidth, Mutable); 6482 if (InvalidDecl) 6483 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6484 6485 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6486 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6487 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6488 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6489 } 6490 6491 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6492 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6493 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6494 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6495 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6496 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6497 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6498 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6499 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6500 // objects. 6501 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6502 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6503 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6504 } 6505 } 6506 6507 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6508 // the program is ill-formed. 6509 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6510 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6511 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6512 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6513 } 6514 } 6515 } 6516 6517 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6518 // representation, not a parser representation. 6519 if (D) 6520 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6521 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6522 6523 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6524 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6525 6526 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6527 return NewFD; 6528} 6529 6530bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6531 assert(FD); 6532 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6533 6534 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6535 return true; 6536 6537 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6538 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6539 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6540 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6541 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6542 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6543 // copy constructors. 6544 6545 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6546 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6547 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6548 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6549 member = CXXConstructor; 6550 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6551 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6552 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6553 member = CXXDestructor; 6554 6555 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6556 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6557 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6558 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6559 return true; 6560 } 6561 } 6562 } 6563 6564 return false; 6565} 6566 6567/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6568/// special member, figure out why. 6569void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6570 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6571 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6572 6573 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6574 switch (member) { 6575 case CXXInvalid: 6576 break; 6577 6578 case CXXConstructor: 6579 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6580 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6581 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6582 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6583 ci->hasBody(body); 6584 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6585 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6586 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6587 return; 6588 } 6589 } 6590 6591 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6592 return; 6593 } 6594 break; 6595 6596 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6597 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6598 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6599 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6600 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6601 return; 6602 } 6603 break; 6604 6605 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6606 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6607 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6608 // assignment, not the type. 6609 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6610 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6611 return; 6612 } 6613 break; 6614 6615 case CXXDestructor: 6616 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6617 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6618 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6619 return; 6620 } 6621 break; 6622 } 6623 6624 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6625 6626 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6627 // but not trivial destruction. 6628 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6629 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6630 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6631 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6632 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6633 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6634 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6635 return; 6636 } 6637 6638 // Check for virtual methods. 6639 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6640 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6641 ++mi) { 6642 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6643 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6644 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6645 return; 6646 } 6647 } 6648 } 6649 6650 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6651 switch (member) { 6652 case CXXConstructor: 6653 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6654 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6655 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6656 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6657 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6658 case CXXDestructor: 6659 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6660 default: 6661 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6662 } 6663 6664 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6665 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6666 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6667 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6668 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6669 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6670 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6671 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6672 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6673 return; 6674 } 6675 } 6676 6677 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6678 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6679 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6680 ++fi) { 6681 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6682 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6683 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6684 6685 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6686 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6687 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6688 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6689 return; 6690 } 6691 } 6692 } 6693 6694 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6695} 6696 6697/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6698/// AST enum value. 6699static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6700TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6701 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6702 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6703 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6704 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6705 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6706 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6707 } 6708} 6709 6710/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6711/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6712Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6713 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6714 Decl *IntfDecl, 6715 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6716 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6717 6718 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6719 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6720 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6721 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6722 6723 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6724 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6725 6726 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6727 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6728 6729 if (BitWidth) { 6730 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6731 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6732 D.setInvalidType(); 6733 BitWidth = 0; 6734 } 6735 } else { 6736 // Not a bitfield. 6737 6738 // validate II. 6739 6740 } 6741 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6742 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6743 D.setInvalidType(); 6744 } 6745 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6746 // than a variably modified type. 6747 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6748 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6749 D.setInvalidType(); 6750 } 6751 6752 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6753 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6754 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6755 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6756 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6757 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6758 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6759 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6760 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6761 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6762 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6763 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6764 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6765 } 6766 else 6767 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6768 } else { 6769 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6770 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6771 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6772 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 6773 return 0; 6774 } 6775 } 6776 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6777 } 6778 6779 // Construct the decl. 6780 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 6781 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 6782 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 6783 6784 if (II) { 6785 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 6786 ForRedeclaration); 6787 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 6788 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6789 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6790 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6791 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6792 } 6793 } 6794 6795 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 6796 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 6797 6798 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6799 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6800 6801 if (II) { 6802 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 6803 // these to the interface. 6804 S->AddDecl(NewID); 6805 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 6806 } 6807 6808 return NewID; 6809} 6810 6811/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 6812/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 6813/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 6814/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 6815void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6816 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 6817 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 6818 return; 6819 6820 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 6821 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 6822 6823 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 6824 return; 6825 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 6826 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 6827 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 6828 return; 6829 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6830 if (!ID) { 6831 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6832 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 6833 return; 6834 } 6835 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 6836 else 6837 return; 6838 } 6839 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 6840 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 6841 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 6842 6843 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 6844 DeclLoc, 0, 6845 Context.CharTy, 6846 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 6847 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 6848 true); 6849 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 6850} 6851 6852void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 6853 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6854 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 6855 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 6856 AttributeList *Attr) { 6857 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 6858 6859 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 6860 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 6861 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6862 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 6863 return; 6864 } 6865 6866 6867 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 6868 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 6869 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 6870 6871 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6872 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 6873 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 6874 6875 // Get the type for the field. 6876 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 6877 6878 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 6879 // Remember all fields written by the user. 6880 RecFields.push_back(FD); 6881 } 6882 6883 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 6884 // diagnostics about it. 6885 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6886 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6887 continue; 6888 } 6889 6890 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 6891 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 6892 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 6893 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 6894 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 6895 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 6896 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 6897 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 6898 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 6899 // array. 6900 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 6901 // Field declared as a function. 6902 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 6903 << FD->getDeclName(); 6904 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6905 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6906 continue; 6907 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 6908 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 6909 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 6910 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 6911 // Flexible array member. 6912 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 6913 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 6914 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 6915 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 6916 if (Record->isUnion()) 6917 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 6918 << FD->getDeclName(); 6919 else if (NumFields == 1) 6920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 6921 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 6922 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 6923 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 6924 << FD->getDeclName(); 6925 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6926 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6927 continue; 6928 } 6929 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 6930 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 6931 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 6932 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6933 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6934 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6935 continue; 6936 } 6937 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 6938 if (Record) 6939 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6940 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 6941 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 6942 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6943 // Incomplete type 6944 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6945 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6946 continue; 6947 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6948 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 6949 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 6950 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 6951 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6952 } else { 6953 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 6954 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 6955 // structures. 6956 if (i != NumFields-1) 6957 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 6958 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6959 else { 6960 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 6961 // other structs as an extension. 6962 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 6963 << FD->getDeclName(); 6964 if (Record) 6965 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6966 } 6967 } 6968 } 6969 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6970 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6971 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 6972 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 6973 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 6974 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6975 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6976 continue; 6977 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 6978 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 6979 Record && 6980 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 6981 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 6982 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6983 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 6984 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6985 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 6986 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6987 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6988 } 6989 // Keep track of the number of named members. 6990 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 6991 ++NumNamedMembers; 6992 } 6993 6994 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 6995 if (Record) { 6996 bool Completed = false; 6997 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 6998 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 6999 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7000 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7001 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7002 I != E; ++I) 7003 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7004 7005 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7006 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7007 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7008 7009 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7010 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7011 // problem now. 7012 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7013 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7014 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7015 7016 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7017 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7018 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7019 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7020 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7021 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7022 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7023 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7024 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7025 continue; 7026 7027 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7028 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7029 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7030 // program is ill-formed. 7031 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7032 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7033 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7034 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7035 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7036 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7037 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7038 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7039 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7040 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7041 7042 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7043 } 7044 } 7045 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7046 Completed = true; 7047 } 7048 } 7049 } 7050 } 7051 7052 if (!Completed) 7053 Record->completeDefinition(); 7054 } else { 7055 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7056 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7057 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7058 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7059 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7060 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7061 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7062 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7063 } 7064 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7065 // duplicates. 7066 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7067 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7068 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7069 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7070 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7071 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7072 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7073 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7074 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7075 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7076 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7077 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7078 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7079 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7080 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7081 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7082 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7083 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7084 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7085 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7086 } 7087 } 7088 } 7089 7090 if (Attr) 7091 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7092 7093 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7094 // set the visibility of this record. 7095 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7096 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7097} 7098 7099/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7100/// the given type T. 7101static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7102 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7103 QualType T) { 7104 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7105 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7106 7107 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7108 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7109 --BitWidth; 7110 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7111 } 7112 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7113} 7114 7115// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7116// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7117static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7118 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7119 // enum checking below. 7120 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7121 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7122 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7123 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7124 }; 7125 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7126 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7127 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7128 }; 7129 7130 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7131 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7132 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7133 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7134 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7135 return Types[I]; 7136 7137 return QualType(); 7138} 7139 7140EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7141 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7142 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7143 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7144 Expr *Val) { 7145 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7146 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7147 QualType EltTy; 7148 if (Val) { 7149 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7150 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7151 else { 7152 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7153 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7154 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7155 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7156 Val = 0; 7157 } else { 7158 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7159 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7160 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7161 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7162 // representable as an int. 7163 7164 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7165 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7166 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7167 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7168 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7169 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7170 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7171 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7172 } 7173 } 7174 7175 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7176 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7177 7178 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7179 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7180 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7181 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7182 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7183 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7184 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7185 } else 7186 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7187 << EltTy; 7188 } else 7189 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7190 } 7191 else { 7192 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7193 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7194 // is the type of its initializing value: 7195 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7196 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7197 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7198 } 7199 } 7200 } 7201 } 7202 7203 if (!Val) { 7204 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7205 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7206 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7207 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7208 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7209 // is the type of its initializing value: 7210 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7211 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7212 // 7213 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7214 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7215 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7216 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7217 } 7218 else { 7219 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7220 } 7221 } else { 7222 // Assign the last value + 1. 7223 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7224 ++EnumVal; 7225 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7226 7227 // Check for overflow on increment. 7228 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7229 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7230 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7231 // is the type of its initializing value: 7232 // 7233 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7234 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7235 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7236 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7237 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7238 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7239 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7240 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7241 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7242 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7243 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7244 EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7245 ++EnumVal; 7246 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7247 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7248 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7249 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7250 << EltTy; 7251 else 7252 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7253 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7254 } else { 7255 EltTy = T; 7256 } 7257 7258 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7259 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7260 // value, then increment. 7261 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7262 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7263 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7264 ++EnumVal; 7265 7266 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7267 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7268 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7269 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7270 // integral type. 7271 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7272 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7273 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7274 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7275 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7276 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7277 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7278 } 7279 } 7280 } 7281 7282 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7283 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7284 // enumerator's type. 7285 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7286 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7287 } 7288 7289 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7290 Val, EnumVal); 7291} 7292 7293 7294Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7295 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7296 AttributeList *Attr, 7297 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7298 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7299 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7300 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7301 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7302 7303 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7304 // we find one that is. 7305 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7306 7307 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7308 // scope. 7309 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7310 ForRedeclaration); 7311 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7312 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7313 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7314 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7315 PrevDecl = 0; 7316 } 7317 7318 if (PrevDecl) { 7319 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7320 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7321 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7322 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7323 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7324 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7325 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7326 else 7327 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7328 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7329 return 0; 7330 } 7331 } 7332 7333 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7334 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7335 // name different from T: 7336 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7337 // type 7338 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7339 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7340 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7341 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7342 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7343 7344 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7345 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7346 7347 if (New) { 7348 // Process attributes. 7349 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7350 7351 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7352 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7353 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7354 } 7355 7356 return New; 7357} 7358 7359void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7360 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7361 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7362 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7363 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7364 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7365 7366 if (Attr) 7367 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7368 7369 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7370 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7371 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7372 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7373 if (!ECD) continue; 7374 7375 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7376 } 7377 7378 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7379 return; 7380 } 7381 7382 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7383 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7384 // emit a warning. 7385 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7386 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7387 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7388 7389 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7390 // reverse the list. 7391 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7392 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7393 7394 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7395 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7396 7397 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7398 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7399 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7400 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7401 7402 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7403 7404 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7405 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7406 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7407 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7408 else 7409 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7410 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7411 7412 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7413 if (AllElementsInt) 7414 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7415 } 7416 7417 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7418 QualType BestType; 7419 unsigned BestWidth; 7420 7421 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7422 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7423 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7424 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7425 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7426 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7427 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7428 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7429 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7430 QualType BestPromotionType; 7431 7432 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7433 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7434 // enum definitions. 7435 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7436 Packed = true; 7437 7438 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7439 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7440 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7441 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7442 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7443 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7444 } 7445 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7446 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7447 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7448 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7449 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7450 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7451 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7452 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7453 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7454 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7455 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7456 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7457 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7458 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7459 } else { 7460 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7461 7462 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7463 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7464 } else { 7465 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7466 7467 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7468 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7469 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7470 } 7471 } 7472 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7473 } else { 7474 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7475 // all of the enumerator values. 7476 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7477 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7478 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7479 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7480 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7481 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7482 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7483 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7484 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7485 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7486 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7487 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7488 BestPromotionType 7489 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7490 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7491 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7492 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7493 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7494 BestPromotionType 7495 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7496 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7497 } else { 7498 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7499 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7500 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7501 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7502 BestPromotionType 7503 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7504 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7505 } 7506 } 7507 7508 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7509 // the type of the enum if needed. 7510 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7511 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7512 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7513 7514 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7515 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7516 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7517 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7518 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7519 7520 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7521 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7522 7523 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7524 // the enum decl type. 7525 QualType NewTy; 7526 unsigned NewWidth; 7527 bool NewSign; 7528 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7529 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7530 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7531 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7532 NewSign = true; 7533 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7534 // Already the right type! 7535 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7536 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7537 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7538 // enumeration. 7539 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7540 continue; 7541 } else { 7542 NewTy = BestType; 7543 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7544 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7545 } 7546 7547 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7548 InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7549 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7550 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7551 7552 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7553 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 7554 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7555 CK_IntegralCast, 7556 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7557 /*base paths*/ 0, 7558 VK_RValue)); 7559 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7560 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7561 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7562 // enumeration. 7563 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7564 else 7565 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7566 } 7567 7568 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7569 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7570} 7571 7572Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7573 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7574 7575 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7576 Loc, AsmString); 7577 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7578 return New; 7579} 7580 7581void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7582 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7583 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7584 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7585 7586 if (PrevDecl) { 7587 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7588 } else { 7589 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7590 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7591 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7592 } 7593} 7594 7595void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7596 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7597 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7598 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7599 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7600 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7601 LookupOrdinaryName); 7602 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7603 7604 if (PrevDecl) { 7605 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7606 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7607 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7608 } else { 7609 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7610 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7611 } 7612} 7613